1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
31 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
35 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
36 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
37 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
40 /* This function may be called more than once. */
41 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
42 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
45 switch (bed
->s
->arch_size
)
56 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
60 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
62 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
64 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
65 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
68 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
70 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got.plt");
72 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
73 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
77 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
79 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
80 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
81 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
82 a global offset table. */
84 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
85 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
86 bed
->got_symbol_offset
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
, &bh
)))
88 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
91 h
->other
= STV_HIDDEN
;
93 if (! info
->executable
94 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
97 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
100 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
101 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
+ bed
->got_symbol_offset
;
106 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
107 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
108 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
109 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
110 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
111 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
114 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
117 register asection
*s
;
118 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
119 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
122 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
125 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
128 /* Make sure that all dynamic sections use the same input BFD. */
129 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
== NULL
)
130 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= abfd
;
132 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
134 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
136 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
138 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
139 shared library does not. */
140 if (info
->executable
)
142 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".interp");
144 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
))
148 if (! info
->traditional_format
)
150 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".eh_frame_hdr");
152 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
153 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
155 elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
= s
;
158 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
159 if they are not needed. */
160 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d");
162 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
163 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
166 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".gnu.version");
168 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
169 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
172 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r");
174 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
175 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
178 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
180 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
181 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
184 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
186 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
))
189 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
190 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
== NULL
)
192 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
193 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
== NULL
)
197 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
199 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
200 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
203 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
204 .dynamic section. This call occurs before we have processed the
205 symbols for any dynamic object, so we don't have to worry about
206 overriding a dynamic definition. We could set _DYNAMIC in a
207 linker script, but we only want to define it if we are, in fact,
208 creating a .dynamic section. We don't want to define it if there
209 is no .dynamic section, since on some ELF platforms the start up
210 code examines it to decide how to initialize the process. */
212 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
213 (info
, abfd
, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
214 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
216 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
218 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
220 if (! info
->executable
221 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".hash");
226 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
227 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
229 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
231 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
232 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
233 the .got and .plt sections. */
234 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
237 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
242 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
245 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
247 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
249 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
251 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
252 .rel[a].bss sections. */
253 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
256 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
257 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
258 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
259 to read in from the object file. */
260 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
262 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
263 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
264 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
266 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".plt");
268 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, pltflags
)
269 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
272 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
274 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
276 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
277 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
279 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
280 (info
, abfd
, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
,
281 FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
283 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
285 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
287 if (! info
->executable
288 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
,
293 bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt");
295 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
296 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
299 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
302 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
304 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
305 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
306 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
307 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
308 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
309 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
310 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
312 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
))
315 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
316 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
317 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
318 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
319 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
320 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
321 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
322 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
323 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
324 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
328 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
,
329 (bed
->default_use_rela_p
330 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"));
332 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_READONLY
)
333 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
341 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
342 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
343 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
344 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
345 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
346 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
350 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
351 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
353 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
355 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
360 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
361 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
362 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
363 this would not be necessary. */
364 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
368 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
369 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
379 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
380 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
382 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
385 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
386 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
391 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
393 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
394 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
396 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
397 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
398 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
399 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
400 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
403 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
408 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
410 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
416 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
417 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
420 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
421 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
427 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
430 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
434 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
435 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
437 ??? Changing bfd_link_hash_undefined to bfd_link_hash_new (or
438 to bfd_link_hash_undefweak, see linker.c:link_action) runs the risk
439 of some later symbol manipulation setting the symbol back to
440 bfd_link_hash_undefined, and the linker trying to add the symbol to
441 the undefs list twice. */
442 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
443 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
444 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
446 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
449 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
450 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
451 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
452 force the correct value. */
456 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
458 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
459 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
460 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
461 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
465 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
474 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
477 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
478 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
479 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
480 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
481 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
483 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
491 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
492 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
493 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
496 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
502 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
503 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
504 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
506 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
507 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
512 /* See if the entry exists already. */
513 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
514 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
517 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
518 entry
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
522 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
523 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
524 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
526 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
530 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
531 && (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
532 || entry
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
536 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
537 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
539 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
540 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
541 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
546 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
547 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
548 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
550 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
553 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
554 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
559 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
560 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
562 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
564 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
566 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
567 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
568 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
569 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
572 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
574 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
576 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
581 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
584 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
588 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
590 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
591 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
596 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
597 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
598 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
601 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
604 size_t *count
= data
;
606 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
607 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
609 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
610 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
615 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
616 omitted when creating a shared library. */
618 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
619 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
622 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
626 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
627 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
629 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
630 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
631 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
634 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
637 && (ip
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
638 && (ip
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
639 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
644 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
645 against any other section. */
651 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
652 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all of
653 the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of
654 the global symbols. */
657 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
659 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
663 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
665 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
666 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
667 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
668 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
669 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
672 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
674 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
675 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
676 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
679 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
680 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
683 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
684 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
685 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
686 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
689 return elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
692 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
693 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
694 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
695 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
696 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
697 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
698 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
699 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
700 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
704 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
705 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
707 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
712 bfd_boolean
*override
,
713 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
714 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
716 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
718 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
721 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
722 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
;
728 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
730 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
731 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
733 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
734 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
739 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
740 if we are doing an ELF link. */
741 if (info
->hash
->creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
744 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. */
746 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
747 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
748 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
750 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
751 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
752 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
754 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
760 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
763 switch (h
->root
.type
)
770 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
771 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
772 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
776 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
777 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
778 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
779 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
782 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
783 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
784 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
788 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
789 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
790 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
791 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
792 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
793 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
795 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
799 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
800 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
802 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
808 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
813 /* This code handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
814 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
815 switch (h
->root
.type
)
821 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
822 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
823 hsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
826 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
827 hsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
834 olddyn
= (hsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
837 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
838 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
840 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
) || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
845 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
846 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
847 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
852 /* Check TLS symbol. */
853 if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
854 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
)
857 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
858 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
860 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
880 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
881 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
882 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
883 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
884 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
885 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
886 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
888 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
889 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
890 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
892 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
893 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
894 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
896 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
900 /* We need to remember if a symbol has a definition in a dynamic
901 object or is weak in all dynamic objects. Internal and hidden
902 visibility will make it unavailable to dynamic objects. */
903 if (newdyn
&& !h
->dynamic_def
)
905 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
909 /* Check if this symbol is weak in all dynamic objects. If it
910 is the first time we see it in a dynamic object, we mark
911 if it is weak. Otherwise, we clear it. */
914 if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
917 else if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
922 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
923 definition from a dynamic object. */
925 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
926 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
929 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
931 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
934 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
935 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
936 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
941 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
944 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
945 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
946 object, we remove the old definition. */
947 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
950 if ((h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
951 && bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
953 /* If the new symbol is undefined and the old symbol was
954 also undefined before, we need to make sure
955 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol doesn't mess
956 up the linker hash table undefs list. Since the old
957 definition came from a dynamic object, it is still on the
959 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
960 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
964 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
965 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
974 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
980 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
981 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
982 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
983 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
985 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
986 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
987 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
988 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
989 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
990 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
991 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
993 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
994 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
996 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
998 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1001 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1002 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1003 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1008 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1009 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1011 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1012 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1015 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1016 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1018 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1019 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1020 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1021 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1022 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1023 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1024 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1025 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1026 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1027 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1028 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1031 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1032 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1034 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1035 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1036 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1037 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1038 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1044 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1045 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1047 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
)
1048 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1050 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1054 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1056 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1057 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1059 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
1060 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1062 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1064 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1065 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1070 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1072 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1073 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1074 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1075 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1076 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1078 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1079 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1080 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1083 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1084 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1086 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1089 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1090 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1091 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1092 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1093 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1094 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1096 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1097 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1098 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1099 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1100 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1101 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1106 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1108 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))))
1112 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1114 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1115 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1117 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1118 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1119 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1120 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1121 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1123 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1124 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1127 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1128 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1129 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1130 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol will do
1134 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1138 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1139 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1140 *psec
= sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
1141 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1144 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1145 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1146 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1147 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1148 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1150 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1151 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1152 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1157 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1159 || h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)))
1164 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1165 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1168 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1169 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1170 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1173 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1175 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1176 overriding a function. */
1178 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1179 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1181 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1184 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1185 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1186 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1187 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1190 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1191 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1192 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1193 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1194 in the shared library. */
1197 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1200 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1201 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1202 or the alignment. */
1203 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1204 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1205 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1208 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1209 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1211 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1214 /* FIXME: We no longer know the alignment required by the symbol
1215 in the dynamic object, so we just wind up using the one from
1216 the regular object. */
1219 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1221 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1222 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1224 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1225 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1227 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1230 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1235 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1236 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1237 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1238 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1239 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1240 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1241 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1242 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, flip
, h
);
1243 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1247 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1254 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1255 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1256 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1257 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1260 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1261 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1262 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1264 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1267 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1268 bfd_boolean override
)
1270 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1271 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1274 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1275 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1276 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1277 bfd_boolean collect
;
1278 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1280 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1283 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1284 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1285 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1286 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1287 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1288 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1293 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1294 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1295 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1297 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1300 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1301 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1303 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1309 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1310 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1311 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1313 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1314 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1315 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1317 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1318 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1320 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1321 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1322 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1323 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1324 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1325 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1327 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1328 &hi
, &skip
, &override
, &type_change_ok
,
1338 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1339 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1340 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1342 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1346 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1347 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1348 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1349 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1350 name, and it is the default version.
1352 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1353 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1354 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1356 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1357 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1358 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1359 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1360 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1361 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1362 definition in the regular object. */
1364 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1365 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1366 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1368 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1369 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1373 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1377 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1382 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1383 other fields correctly. */
1387 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1388 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1389 the user in that case. */
1391 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1393 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1395 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1396 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, ht
, hi
);
1398 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1410 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1416 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1420 len
= strlen (name
);
1421 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1422 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1424 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1425 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1427 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1428 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1429 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1431 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1432 &hi
, &skip
, &override
, &type_change_ok
,
1441 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1442 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1443 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1444 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1445 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1446 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1447 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1453 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1454 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1455 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1457 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1459 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1460 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1461 to the user in that case. */
1463 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1465 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, h
, hi
);
1467 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1479 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1489 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1490 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1493 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1495 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
1497 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1498 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1501 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1502 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1504 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1508 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1509 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1511 for (t
= eif
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1513 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1515 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1520 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1522 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1531 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1542 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1543 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1544 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1545 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1548 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1551 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= data
;
1552 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1553 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1556 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1557 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1559 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1564 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1567 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1568 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1570 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1573 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1574 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1580 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1585 t
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1588 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1592 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1593 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1594 elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1598 a
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1600 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1601 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1602 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1604 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1606 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1607 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1609 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1612 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1619 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1620 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1621 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1622 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1625 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1627 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info
*sinfo
;
1628 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1629 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1630 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1637 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1638 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1640 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1643 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1646 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1650 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1652 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1655 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sinfo
->output_bfd
);
1656 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1657 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1659 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1664 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1665 not a hidden symbol. */
1667 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1673 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1681 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1682 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1684 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1688 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1690 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1691 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
);
1694 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1695 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1696 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1697 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1699 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1703 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1704 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1706 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1708 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1710 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1714 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1715 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1723 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
1724 version node for this version. */
1725 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
1727 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
1730 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
1731 to worry about it. */
1732 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
1736 t
= bfd_zalloc (sinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1739 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1744 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
1748 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
1749 if (sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
1751 for (pp
= &sinfo
->verdefs
; *pp
!= NULL
; pp
= &(*pp
)->next
)
1753 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
1757 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1761 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
1762 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
1763 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1764 (_("%B: undefined versioned symbol name %s"),
1765 sinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1767 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1775 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
1777 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
)
1779 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1780 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*local_ver
;
1781 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1783 /* See if can find what version this symbol is in. If the
1784 symbol is supposed to be local, then don't actually register
1787 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1789 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1791 bfd_boolean matched
;
1795 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, d
,
1796 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1801 /* There is a version without definition. Make
1802 the symbol the default definition for this
1804 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1812 /* There is no undefined version for this symbol. Hide the
1814 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1817 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1820 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, d
,
1821 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1824 /* If the match is "*", keep looking for a more
1825 explicit, perhaps even global, match.
1826 XXX: Shouldn't this be !d->wildcard instead? */
1827 if (d
->pattern
[0] != '*' || d
->pattern
[1] != '\0')
1836 if (local_ver
!= NULL
)
1838 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= local_ver
;
1839 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
1841 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1843 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1851 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
1852 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
1853 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
1854 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
1855 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
1856 relocations should be stored.
1858 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
1861 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
1863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1864 void *external_relocs
,
1865 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
1867 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1868 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
1869 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
1870 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
1871 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
1872 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1875 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
1876 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
1879 /* Read the relocations. */
1880 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
1883 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1884 nsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1888 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
1889 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
1890 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
1891 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
1892 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
1895 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
1899 erela
= external_relocs
;
1900 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
1901 irela
= internal_relocs
;
1902 while (erela
< erelaend
)
1906 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
1907 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
1908 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
1910 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
1912 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1913 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
1914 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
1916 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
1917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1920 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1921 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
1927 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
1928 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
1929 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
1930 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
1931 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
1932 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
1933 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
1934 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
1935 REL_HDR2 relocations. */
1938 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
1940 void *external_relocs
,
1941 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
1942 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
1944 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
1945 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
1946 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
1947 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1949 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
1950 return elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
;
1952 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
1955 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
1957 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
1961 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
1962 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
1964 internal_relocs
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1966 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1967 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
1971 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
1973 bfd_size_type size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
1975 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
)
1976 size
+= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_size
;
1977 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1980 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
1983 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, rel_hdr
,
1987 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
1988 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section
1990 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
1991 ((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
) + rel_hdr
->sh_size
,
1992 internal_relocs
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
)
1993 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))))
1996 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
1998 elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2003 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2004 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2006 return internal_relocs
;
2016 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2017 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2020 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2021 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2024 bfd_size_type reloc_count
;
2025 bfd_size_type num_rel_hashes
;
2027 /* Figure out how many relocations there will be. */
2028 if (rel_hdr
== &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
)
2029 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
;
2031 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
;
2033 num_rel_hashes
= o
->reloc_count
;
2034 if (num_rel_hashes
< reloc_count
)
2035 num_rel_hashes
= reloc_count
;
2037 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2038 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reloc_count
;
2040 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2041 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2042 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2043 we zero the allocated space. */
2044 rel_hdr
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2045 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2048 /* We only allocate one set of hash entries, so we only do it the
2049 first time we are called. */
2050 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
== NULL
2053 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2055 p
= bfd_zmalloc (num_rel_hashes
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2059 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
= p
;
2065 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2066 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2070 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2071 asection
*input_section
,
2072 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2073 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2075 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2076 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*output_rel_hdr
;
2079 asection
*output_section
;
2080 unsigned int *rel_countp
= NULL
;
2081 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2082 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2084 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2085 output_rel_hdr
= NULL
;
2087 if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
2088 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2090 output_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
2091 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
2093 else if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
2094 && (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
2095 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
))
2097 output_rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
2098 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
;
2102 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2103 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2104 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2105 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_object_format
);
2109 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2110 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2111 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2112 else if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2113 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2117 erel
= output_rel_hdr
->contents
;
2118 erel
+= *rel_countp
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2119 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2120 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2121 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2122 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2124 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2125 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2126 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2129 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2131 *rel_countp
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2136 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2137 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2138 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2139 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2140 the face of future changes. */
2143 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2144 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2146 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2147 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2148 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2149 an ELF dynamic object. */
2152 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2153 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2155 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2156 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2159 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2163 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2164 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2165 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2168 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2174 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2178 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2187 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2188 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2189 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2190 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2191 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2192 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2193 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2194 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2196 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2197 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2198 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2199 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2200 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2204 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2205 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2206 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2207 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2208 flag will not have been set. */
2209 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2213 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2216 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2217 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2218 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2219 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2220 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2221 will force it local. */
2223 && eif
->info
->shared
2224 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2225 && (eif
->info
->symbolic
2226 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2229 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2230 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2232 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2234 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2236 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2239 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2240 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2241 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2242 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2245 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2246 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2249 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2250 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2251 over to the real definition. */
2252 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
;
2256 weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2257 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2258 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2260 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2261 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2262 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2263 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2264 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2266 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2267 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2268 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2269 if (weakdef
->def_regular
)
2270 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2273 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2275 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2276 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, weakdef
, h
);
2283 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2284 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2288 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2290 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
2292 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2294 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2297 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2299 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_offset
;
2300 h
->got
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_offset
;
2302 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2303 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2304 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2305 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2308 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2309 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2312 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2313 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2316 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2317 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2318 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2319 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2320 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2321 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2322 referenced by another one? */
2327 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2329 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_offset
;
2333 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2334 can happen via a recursive call. */
2335 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2338 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2339 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2340 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2341 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2342 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2344 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2345 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2346 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2347 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2349 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2350 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2351 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2352 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2353 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2354 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2355 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2358 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2359 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2360 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2361 extern int timezone;
2363 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2364 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2365 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2366 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2367 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2368 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2369 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2370 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2372 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2374 /* If we get to this point, we know there is an implicit
2375 reference by a regular object file via the weak symbol H.
2376 FIXME: Is this really true? What if the traversal finds
2377 H->U.WEAKDEF before it finds H? */
2378 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2380 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2384 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2385 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2386 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2387 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2388 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2390 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2392 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2393 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2394 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2396 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2397 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2398 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2407 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2408 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2411 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2415 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2416 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2418 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2419 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2420 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2421 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2423 bfd
*output_bfd
= data
;
2425 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2426 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2427 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2428 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2429 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2435 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2436 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2437 considered to bind dynamically. */
2440 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2441 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2442 bfd_boolean ignore_protected
)
2444 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2449 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2450 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2451 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2453 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2454 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2456 if (h
->forced_local
)
2459 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2460 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2461 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
;
2463 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2470 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2471 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2472 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2473 if (!ignore_protected
)
2474 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2481 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2482 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2485 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2486 us that it remains local. */
2487 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2490 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2491 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2492 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2493 undefined symbols and weak symbols. */
2496 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2497 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2498 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2500 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2504 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2505 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2506 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2508 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2509 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2510 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2513 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2514 if (h
->forced_local
)
2517 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2518 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2521 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2522 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2523 shared libraries. */
2524 if (info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
)
2527 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2528 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2529 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2532 /* However, STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2533 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
2536 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2537 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols, even when we know that the
2538 dynamic linker will resolve them locally. */
2539 return local_protected
;
2542 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2543 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2545 struct bfd_section
*
2546 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2548 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2549 unsigned int align
= 0;
2551 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2552 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2556 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2557 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2558 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2560 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2562 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2563 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2565 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2570 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2572 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2573 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2575 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2576 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2577 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2580 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2581 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
2584 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2585 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2588 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2589 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2590 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
2593 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2594 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2595 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2596 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2598 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2600 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2601 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2602 in the same way that it used to do. */
2608 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2609 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2610 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2612 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2615 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2616 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2617 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2618 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2619 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2623 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2627 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2630 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2631 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2632 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2633 (re)include this element. */
2634 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2637 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2638 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2639 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2641 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2643 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2645 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2646 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2647 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2649 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2654 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2655 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2658 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2661 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2662 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2664 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2667 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2669 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2673 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2678 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2680 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
2690 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
2693 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2697 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2698 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2700 bfd_size_type newsize
;
2701 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
2702 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2704 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2705 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2708 if (info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
&& tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
2710 (_("warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object."));
2712 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2713 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2714 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
2716 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2717 newcontents
= bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
2718 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
2722 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
2723 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
2726 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
2731 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
2732 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
2733 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
2736 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2740 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2741 bfd_size_type oldsize
;
2742 bfd_size_type strindex
;
2744 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2745 oldsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
);
2746 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
2747 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
2750 if (oldsize
== _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
))
2753 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2757 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2758 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
2760 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
2761 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
2762 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
2764 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2766 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2767 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
2768 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
2770 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2778 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
2782 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
2783 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2788 /* Sort symbol by value and section. */
2790 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2792 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
2793 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
2794 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
2796 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
2797 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
2798 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
2800 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2803 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
2805 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2810 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
2811 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2814 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2816 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= data
;
2818 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2819 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2821 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
2822 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
2826 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
2830 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2832 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2833 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
2834 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
2835 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
2838 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2841 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
2842 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
2844 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2845 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2846 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
2848 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
2849 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
2850 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
2851 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
2853 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2855 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2859 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
2867 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
2872 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
2875 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
2876 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2877 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
2878 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
2880 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
2881 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
2883 /* Adjust version definitions. */
2884 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
2889 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
2890 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
2892 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
2896 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
2898 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
2899 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
2901 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
2903 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
2904 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
2905 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
2907 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
2908 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
2909 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
2912 while (def
.vd_next
);
2915 /* Adjust version references. */
2916 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
2921 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
2922 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
2924 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
2928 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
2930 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
2931 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
2932 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
2933 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
2934 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
2936 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
2937 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
2938 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
2940 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
2942 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
2943 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
2946 while (need
.vn_next
);
2952 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
2955 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2957 bfd_boolean (*add_symbol_hook
)
2958 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*,
2959 const char **, flagword
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*);
2960 bfd_boolean (*check_relocs
)
2961 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2962 bfd_boolean (*check_directives
)
2963 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
2964 bfd_boolean collect
;
2965 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2966 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2967 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2968 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
2970 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
2971 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
2972 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
2973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
2974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
2975 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
2976 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
2977 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2978 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2979 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2980 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
2981 struct elf_link_hash_table
* hash_table
;
2984 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2986 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2987 add_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
;
2988 collect
= bed
->collect
;
2990 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2996 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
2997 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
2998 the format of the output file. */
2999 if (info
->relocatable
3000 || !is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3001 || hash_table
->root
.creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3003 if (info
->relocatable
)
3004 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3011 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3012 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3013 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3014 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3015 if (info
->executable
)
3019 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3023 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3024 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0)
3028 bfd_size_type prefix_len
;
3029 const char * gnu_warning_prefix
= _("warning: ");
3031 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3033 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3034 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3035 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3036 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3037 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3038 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3039 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3040 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3046 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (hash_table
, name
,
3047 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3049 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3051 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3052 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3054 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3055 the section size so that the warning does not
3056 get copied into the output file. */
3063 prefix_len
= strlen (gnu_warning_prefix
);
3064 msg
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, prefix_len
+ sz
+ 1);
3068 strcpy (msg
, gnu_warning_prefix
);
3069 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
+ prefix_len
, 0, sz
))
3072 msg
[prefix_len
+ sz
] = '\0';
3074 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3075 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3076 FALSE
, collect
, NULL
)))
3079 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3081 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3082 not get copied into the output file. */
3092 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3093 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3094 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3095 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3096 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3098 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3099 && hash_table
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
3100 && ! hash_table
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3102 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3106 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3111 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3112 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3115 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3116 Test for --just-symbols by looking at info set up by
3117 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms. */
3118 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3119 && s
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3122 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3123 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3124 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3125 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3126 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3127 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3129 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3130 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3131 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3133 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3139 unsigned long shlink
;
3141 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3142 goto error_free_dyn
;
3144 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3146 goto error_free_dyn
;
3147 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3149 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3150 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3151 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3153 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3155 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3156 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3158 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3159 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3161 goto error_free_dyn
;
3163 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3165 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3167 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3169 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3170 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3171 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3172 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3173 goto error_free_dyn
;
3174 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3175 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3177 goto error_free_dyn
;
3178 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3182 for (pn
= & hash_table
->needed
;
3188 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3190 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3192 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3194 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3195 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3196 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3197 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3198 goto error_free_dyn
;
3199 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3200 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3202 goto error_free_dyn
;
3203 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3207 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3213 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3214 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3216 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3218 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3220 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3221 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3222 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3223 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3224 goto error_free_dyn
;
3225 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3226 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3233 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3248 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3249 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3255 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3256 for (pn
= & hash_table
->runpath
;
3263 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3264 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3265 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3266 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3267 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3268 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3270 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3272 /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create
3273 the special sections required for dynamic linking. */
3274 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3277 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3278 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3279 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3280 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3282 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3284 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3285 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3286 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3289 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3290 will need to know it. */
3291 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3293 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3297 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3298 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3299 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3304 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3305 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3306 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3307 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3309 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3310 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3312 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3314 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3316 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3317 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3319 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3321 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3326 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3327 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3331 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3333 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3335 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3338 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3340 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3341 sym_hash
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3342 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3343 goto error_free_sym
;
3344 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3349 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3350 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3351 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3352 goto error_free_sym
;
3354 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3355 to internal format. */
3356 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3360 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3361 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3362 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3363 goto error_free_sym
;
3364 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3365 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3366 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3367 goto error_free_vers
;
3373 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3374 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3376 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3383 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3384 bfd_boolean definition
;
3385 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3386 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3387 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3388 bfd_boolean override
;
3389 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3394 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3396 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3399 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3400 if (bind
== STB_LOCAL
)
3402 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3403 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3404 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3408 else if (bind
== STB_GLOBAL
)
3410 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
3411 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_COMMON
)
3414 else if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
3418 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3421 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3422 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3423 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
3425 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3427 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3428 else if (sec
->kept_section
)
3430 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. */
3431 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3432 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3434 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3437 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3438 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3439 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3441 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3442 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3443 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3444 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3448 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3451 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3454 goto error_free_vers
;
3456 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3457 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
3459 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3463 tcomm
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3465 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, tcomm
, (SEC_ALLOC
3467 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3468 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
3469 goto error_free_vers
;
3473 else if (add_symbol_hook
)
3475 if (! (*add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
, &sec
,
3477 goto error_free_vers
;
3479 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3480 should be skipped for some reason. */
3485 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3488 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3489 goto error_free_vers
;
3492 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3493 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3498 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3499 type_change_ok
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->type_change_ok
;
3503 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3505 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3506 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3511 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3512 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3513 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3518 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3520 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3522 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
3523 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
3524 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute
3525 symbol, because it might be the version symbol
3526 itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
3527 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
3528 || (vernum
> 1 && ! bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)))
3531 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
3534 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3536 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
3538 else if (vernum
> 1)
3540 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
3546 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3547 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
3549 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3550 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3551 goto error_free_vers
;
3556 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
3557 entries in the VERNEED section since the
3558 numbers for the needed versions do not start
3560 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
3563 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
3567 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
3569 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
3571 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
3573 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
3582 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3583 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
3584 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
3585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3586 goto error_free_vers
;
3590 namelen
= strlen (name
);
3591 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
3592 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
3593 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3594 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3597 newname
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, newlen
);
3598 if (newname
== NULL
)
3599 goto error_free_vers
;
3600 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
3601 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
3603 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
3604 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
3605 default version of the symbol. */
3606 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3607 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3609 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
3614 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
3615 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
3616 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
3617 goto error_free_vers
;
3626 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3627 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3628 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3630 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
3631 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
3632 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3633 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
3634 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
3635 definition comes from. */
3636 switch (h
->root
.type
)
3641 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
3642 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
3643 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
3646 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
3647 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
3648 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
3652 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
3656 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
3659 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3660 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, collect
,
3661 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
3662 goto error_free_vers
;
3665 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3666 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3667 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3670 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
3673 && (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0
3674 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
3675 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3676 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
3678 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
3679 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
3680 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
3681 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
3682 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
3683 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
3684 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
3685 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
3686 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
3687 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
3688 definition anyhow. */
3690 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
3695 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
3696 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3697 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3701 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3702 if (align
> old_alignment
3703 /* Permit an alignment power of zero if an alignment of one
3704 is specified and no other alignments have been specified. */
3705 || (isym
->st_value
== 1 && old_alignment
== 0))
3706 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
3708 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
3711 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3715 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
3716 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
3717 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
3718 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
3719 alignment is maintained. */
3720 if ((old_alignment
|| isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3721 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
3723 unsigned int common_align
;
3724 unsigned int normal_align
;
3725 unsigned int symbol_align
;
3729 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
3730 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
3731 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3733 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
3734 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
3735 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3738 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3742 common_align
= old_alignment
;
3743 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3748 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3750 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3753 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
3754 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3755 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
3756 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
3757 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
3758 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
3761 /* Remember the symbol size and type. */
3762 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
3763 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
3765 if (h
->size
!= 0 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
&& ! size_change_ok
)
3766 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3767 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
3768 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
3770 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
3771 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
3773 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
3776 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
3777 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
3778 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
3779 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
3780 covered by --warn-common. */
3781 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3782 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
3784 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
3785 && (definition
|| h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
3787 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
3788 && h
->type
!= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)
3789 && ! type_change_ok
)
3790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3791 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
3792 " from %d to %d in %B"),
3793 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
));
3795 h
->type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
3798 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
3799 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
3800 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
3801 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
3802 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
3805 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
3806 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
3807 if (definition
&& !dynamic
3809 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
3810 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
3811 isym
->st_other
= STV_HIDDEN
| (isym
->st_other
& ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
3813 if (isym
->st_other
!= 0 && !dynamic
)
3815 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
3817 /* Take the balance of OTHER from the definition. */
3818 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
3819 other
&= ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
3821 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
3822 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
3823 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
3829 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
3831 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
3834 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
3835 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
3836 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
3837 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
3838 object and a shared object. */
3845 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
3846 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
3850 if (! info
->executable
3863 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
3865 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1))
3869 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
3870 the default name. */
3871 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3872 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
3873 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
3875 goto error_free_vers
;
3877 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
3879 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
3880 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
3882 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
3883 aliases can be checked. */
3884 if (! nondeflt_vers
)
3886 amt
= (isymend
- isym
+ 1)
3887 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3888 nondeflt_vers
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
3890 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
3894 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
3896 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3897 goto error_free_vers
;
3898 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
3900 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
3902 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
3903 goto error_free_vers
;
3906 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3907 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
3908 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
3910 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3914 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3925 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3927 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
3928 other library is referenced by a regular object.
3929 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
3930 --no-add-needed is used. */
3931 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
3933 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3934 (_("%s: invalid DSO for symbol `%s' definition"),
3936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3937 goto error_free_vers
;
3941 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3943 goto error_free_vers
;
3945 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
3950 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
3951 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
3952 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
3954 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
3956 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
3958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
3959 char *shortname
, *p
;
3961 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
3963 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
3964 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3967 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
3968 shortname
= bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
3969 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
3970 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
3972 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3973 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&hash_table
->root
, shortname
,
3974 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3976 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
3977 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3978 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
3980 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
3981 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
3982 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3983 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (bed
, h
, hi
);
3984 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3986 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
3987 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
3989 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
3995 free (nondeflt_vers
);
3996 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3999 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4005 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4009 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4010 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4011 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4012 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4013 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4014 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4015 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4016 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4017 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4018 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4019 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4020 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4024 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4025 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4026 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4027 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4030 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4031 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4032 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4033 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4034 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4035 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4037 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4038 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4039 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4041 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4045 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4046 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
4054 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4055 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4058 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4060 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4067 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4068 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4070 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4071 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4072 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4073 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4074 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4075 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4082 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4084 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4085 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4092 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4105 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4109 for (i
= ilook
; i
< sym_count
; i
++)
4111 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[i
];
4113 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4114 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
4115 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
)
4117 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4119 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4121 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4122 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4124 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4126 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4130 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4131 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4132 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4133 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4134 real definition and the weak definition. */
4135 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4137 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4145 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4148 check_directives
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->check_directives
;
4149 if (check_directives
)
4150 check_directives (abfd
, info
);
4152 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4153 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4156 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4157 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4158 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4159 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4160 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4161 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4162 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4163 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4164 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4165 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4167 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4168 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4169 check_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->check_relocs
;
4171 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
4172 && hash_table
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
4173 && check_relocs
!= NULL
)
4177 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4179 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4182 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4183 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4184 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4185 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4186 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4189 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4191 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4194 ok
= (*check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4196 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4197 free (internal_relocs
);
4204 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4205 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4207 && ! info
->traditional_format
4208 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
4209 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4213 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4214 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4216 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4219 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4220 if (strncmp (".stab", stab
->name
, 5) == 0
4221 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4222 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4223 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4224 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4226 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4228 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4229 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
,
4230 &hash_table
->stab_info
,
4235 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4236 stab
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4241 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
4243 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4244 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4246 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4250 n
->next
= hash_table
->loaded
;
4251 hash_table
->loaded
= n
;
4257 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4258 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4259 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4262 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4268 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4269 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4271 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4272 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4273 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4276 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4280 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4284 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4285 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4286 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4287 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4289 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4290 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4293 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4294 len
= strlen (name
);
4295 copy
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4297 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4299 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4300 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4301 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4303 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4306 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4308 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4309 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4310 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4313 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4317 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4318 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4319 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4320 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4321 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4322 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4323 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4324 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4325 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4326 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4327 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4328 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4329 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4330 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4331 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4333 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4334 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4335 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4336 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4339 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4340 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4343 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4346 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4347 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4351 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4352 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4353 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4355 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4357 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4358 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4364 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4365 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4366 second and subsequent passes. */
4367 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4371 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
4372 defined
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4373 included
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4374 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
4377 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4378 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4379 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
4392 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
4393 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
4395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4397 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
4400 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
4402 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
4408 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
4409 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
4415 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4417 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
4418 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
4419 only want to include it however, if this archive element
4420 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
4423 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
4424 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
4425 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
4426 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
4427 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
4429 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
4432 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
4434 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4439 /* We need to include this archive member. */
4440 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
4441 if (element
== NULL
)
4444 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
4447 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
4448 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
4449 something wrong with the archive. */
4450 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
4452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4455 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
4457 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
4459 if (! (*info
->callbacks
->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
,
4462 if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
4465 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
4466 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
4467 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
4468 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
4469 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
4470 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
4471 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
4472 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
4475 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
4476 which we have already seen in this pass. */
4480 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
4485 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
4487 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
4488 on through the loop. */
4489 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
4500 if (defined
!= NULL
)
4502 if (included
!= NULL
)
4507 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
4511 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4513 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
4516 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4518 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4520 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
4525 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
4526 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
4529 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4531 unsigned long **valuep
= data
;
4537 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4538 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4540 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
4541 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
4545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4548 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
4549 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
4550 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
4554 /* Compute the hash value. */
4555 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
4557 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
4560 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
4562 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
4570 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
4571 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
4572 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
4573 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
4574 than 32771 buckets. */
4576 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
4578 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
4582 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
4583 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
4584 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
4585 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
4586 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
4587 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
4588 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
4589 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
4591 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4593 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
4594 size_t best_size
= 0;
4595 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
4596 unsigned long int *hashcodesp
;
4597 unsigned long int i
;
4600 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
4601 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
4604 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
4605 hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4606 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
4608 hashcodesp
= hashcodes
;
4610 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
4611 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
4612 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashcodesp
);
4614 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
4615 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
4616 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
4617 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
4620 unsigned long int nsyms
= hashcodesp
- hashcodes
;
4623 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
4624 unsigned long int *counts
;
4625 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4626 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
4628 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
4629 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
4631 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
4634 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
4636 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
4637 since the size could be large. */
4639 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
4640 counts
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4647 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
4648 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
4650 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
4652 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
4653 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
4654 unsigned long int j
;
4655 unsigned long int fact
;
4657 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
4659 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
4660 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
4661 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
4663 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
4664 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
4665 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
4666 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
4667 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
4668 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
4669 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
4672 /* We in any case need 2 + NSYMS entries for the size values and
4674 max
= (2 + nsyms
) * (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
4677 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
4678 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
4679 over a few long chains). */
4680 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
4681 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
4683 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
4684 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8)) + 1;
4687 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
4688 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
4689 empty slots (the +1 term). */
4690 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
4691 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
4693 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
4694 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
4695 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8)) + 1;
4699 /* Compare with current best results. */
4700 if (max
< best_chlen
)
4710 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
4712 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
4713 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
4714 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
4715 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
4717 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
4718 if (dynsymcount
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
4723 /* Free the arrays we needed. */
4729 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
4730 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
4731 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
4732 addresses of the various sections. */
4735 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4738 const char *filter_shlib
,
4739 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
4740 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4741 asection
**sinterpptr
,
4742 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
)
4744 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
4746 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4747 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info asvinfo
;
4751 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
4753 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
4756 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->relro
= info
->relro
;
4757 if (info
->execstack
)
4758 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
4759 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
4760 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
4764 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
4767 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
4769 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
4773 if (inputobj
->flags
& DYNAMIC
)
4775 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
4778 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
4787 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
4788 if (exec
&& info
->relocatable
4789 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
4790 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
4794 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
4795 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
4796 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_refcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_offset
;
4798 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
4799 we're dynamic or not. */
4800 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
4801 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
4802 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
4805 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4807 /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
4812 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
4815 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
4817 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
4818 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4820 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
4821 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
4822 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
4824 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
4825 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
4829 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4831 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4832 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
4838 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
4840 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
4847 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
4849 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4850 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RPATH
, indx
))
4853 if (info
->new_dtags
)
4855 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, indx
);
4856 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RUNPATH
, indx
))
4861 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
4865 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4866 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
4867 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4868 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
4872 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
4874 const char * const *p
;
4876 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
4880 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4882 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
4883 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
4889 eif
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
4892 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
4893 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
4894 if (info
->export_dynamic
)
4896 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
4897 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
4903 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
4904 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
4905 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
4906 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->symbol
)
4908 const char *verstr
, *name
;
4909 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4911 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
4914 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4916 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4917 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
4919 newname
= bfd_malloc (newlen
);
4920 if (newname
== NULL
)
4922 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4924 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
4925 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4927 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4928 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
4929 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
4932 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4933 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4935 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
4937 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4938 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
4939 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
4944 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
4945 not defined in a shared object. */
4947 && !newh
->def_dynamic
4948 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4949 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4953 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
4954 asvinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
4955 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
4956 asvinfo
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
4957 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
4959 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
4960 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
4965 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
4967 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
4969 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
4970 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
4971 if (!d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
4973 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4974 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
4975 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
4976 all_defined
= FALSE
;
4981 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4986 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
4987 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
4988 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
4989 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
4994 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
4995 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
4996 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
4998 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
4999 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5000 h
= (info
->init_function
5001 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5002 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5009 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5012 h
= (info
->fini_function
5013 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5014 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5021 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5025 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array") != NULL
)
5027 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5028 if (! info
->executable
)
5033 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5034 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5035 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5036 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5037 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5039 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5040 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5045 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5049 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5050 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5053 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array") != NULL
)
5055 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5056 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5059 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array") != NULL
)
5061 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5062 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5066 dynstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5067 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5068 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5069 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5070 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5071 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5073 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5075 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5076 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0)
5077 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5078 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5079 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5080 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5081 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5086 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5088 if (bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
5089 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5092 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5094 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
5096 size_t bucketcount
= 0;
5097 size_t hash_entry_size
;
5098 unsigned int dtagcount
;
5100 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5101 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5102 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5104 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5105 just linking a regular application. */
5106 verdefs
= asvinfo
.verdefs
;
5108 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5109 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5110 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5112 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5113 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5118 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5120 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5121 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5122 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5123 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5129 /* Make space for the base version. */
5130 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5131 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5134 /* Make space for the default version. */
5135 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5137 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5141 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5143 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5145 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5146 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5149 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5150 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5154 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5155 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5158 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
5162 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5163 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
5166 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5168 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5169 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5173 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5174 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5175 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5178 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5180 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5182 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
5183 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
5190 name
= basename (output_bfd
->filename
);
5191 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5192 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5194 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5196 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
5198 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5200 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5201 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5202 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5203 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5205 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5207 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5208 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5210 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5212 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5215 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5216 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
5218 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5221 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
5222 aux block, but different flags. */
5225 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5227 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5228 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5231 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5232 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5233 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5235 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5236 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5237 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5239 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5242 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5245 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5248 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5250 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5251 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5253 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5255 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5258 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5259 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
5261 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5264 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5266 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
5267 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
5269 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
5270 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
5271 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
5272 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
5273 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5275 if (t
->next
!= NULL
)
5276 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5277 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5279 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5280 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5281 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5283 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
5284 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5286 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5287 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
5288 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5289 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
5291 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5292 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5293 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5295 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5297 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
5299 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
5301 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
5305 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
5306 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5309 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
5310 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5312 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5314 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5315 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5316 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5320 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
5321 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
5324 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
5327 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
5329 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
5332 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
5334 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
5340 if (info
->executable
)
5341 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
5344 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
5348 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
5350 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
5351 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5353 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
5355 sinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5357 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
5358 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
5360 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5362 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5363 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
5366 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
5367 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5370 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
5375 /* Build the version definition section. */
5378 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5382 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5384 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5386 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5387 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5391 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5392 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5396 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5401 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5405 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5408 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
5410 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5411 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
5412 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
5413 : basename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
5415 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5418 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5419 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
5422 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
5423 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
5425 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
5426 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
5427 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5429 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5431 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
5432 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5433 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
5434 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5437 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
5440 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5442 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
5443 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
5444 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5448 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
5449 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
5452 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
5456 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
5457 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
5458 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
5459 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
5461 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
);
5463 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
5464 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
5465 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5466 if (dynsymcount
== 0
5467 || (verdefs
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
5468 && !info
->create_default_symver
))
5470 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5471 /* The DYNSYMCOUNT might have changed if we were going to
5472 output a dynamic symbol table entry for S. */
5473 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
);
5477 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
5478 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5479 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5482 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
5486 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
5487 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
5488 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
5489 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
5490 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
5491 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
5492 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
5493 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5494 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5495 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5496 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5499 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
5501 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
5503 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. */
5510 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (output_bfd
, &isym
, s
->contents
, 0);
5513 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
5514 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
5515 bucketcount
= compute_bucket_count (info
);
5517 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
5518 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5519 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
5520 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
5521 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5522 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5525 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
5526 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
5527 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
5529 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
5531 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5532 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5534 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
5536 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5538 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
5539 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
5546 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
5548 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
5550 struct elf_final_link_info
5552 /* General link information. */
5553 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5556 /* Symbol string table. */
5557 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
5558 /* .dynsym section. */
5559 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
5560 /* .hash section. */
5562 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
5563 asection
*symver_sec
;
5564 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
5566 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
5567 void *external_relocs
;
5568 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
5569 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5570 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
5572 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
5573 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
5574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
5575 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
5577 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
5578 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
5579 of any input BFD. */
5581 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
5582 symbol of any input BFD. */
5583 asection
**sections
;
5584 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
5586 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
5587 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
5588 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
5589 size_t symbuf_count
;
5590 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
5592 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
5593 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
5596 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
5598 struct elf_outext_info
5601 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
5602 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
;
5605 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
5606 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
5607 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations in
5608 REL_HDR (there are COUNT of them), using the data in REL_HASH. */
5611 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5612 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
5614 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
)
5617 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5619 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5620 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
5621 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
5624 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
5626 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
5627 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
5629 else if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
5631 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
5632 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
5637 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
5640 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5647 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
5651 erela
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
5652 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
5654 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
5657 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
5660 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
5662 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
5663 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
5664 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
5665 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
5666 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
5670 struct elf_link_sort_rela
5676 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
5677 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
5678 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
5682 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
5684 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
5685 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
5686 int relativea
, relativeb
;
5688 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
5689 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
5691 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
5693 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
5695 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
5697 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
5699 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5701 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5707 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
5709 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
5710 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
5713 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
5715 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
5717 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
5718 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
5723 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5725 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5731 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
5734 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
5735 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
5736 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
5737 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
5738 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5739 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5740 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5741 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
5742 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
5745 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
5746 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
5748 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
5749 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
5751 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
5752 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
5753 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
5757 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
5758 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
5759 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
5761 count
= reldyn
->size
/ ext_size
;
5764 for (lo
= reldyn
->link_order_head
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5765 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5767 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
5771 if (size
!= reldyn
->size
)
5774 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
5775 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
5776 sort
= bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
5779 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
5780 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
5784 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5785 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
5787 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
5789 for (lo
= reldyn
->link_order_head
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5790 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5792 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
5793 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
5795 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
5797 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
5798 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
5799 relocs in this case. */
5804 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
5805 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
5806 while (erel
< erelend
)
5808 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5809 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
5810 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
5811 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
5817 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
5819 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
5821 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5822 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
5828 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
5829 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
5831 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5832 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
5834 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
5837 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
5839 for (lo
= reldyn
->link_order_head
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5840 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5842 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
5843 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
5846 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
5847 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
5848 while (erel
< erelend
)
5850 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
5851 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
5862 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
5865 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
5866 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
5868 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
5870 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5874 hdr
= &elf_tdata (finfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5875 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5876 amt
= finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5877 if (bfd_seek (finfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5878 || bfd_bwrite (finfo
->symbuf
, amt
, finfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
5881 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
5882 finfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
5888 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
5891 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
5893 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
5894 asection
*input_sec
,
5895 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5898 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
5899 bfd_boolean (*output_symbol_hook
)
5900 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
5901 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5902 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5904 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
5905 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
5906 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
5908 if (! (*output_symbol_hook
) (finfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
))
5912 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
5913 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
5914 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
5915 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
5918 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo
->symstrtab
,
5920 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
5924 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
>= finfo
->symbuf_size
)
5926 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo
, bed
))
5930 dest
= finfo
->symbuf
+ finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5931 destshndx
= finfo
->symshndxbuf
;
5932 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
5934 if (bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) >= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
5938 amt
= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
5939 finfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
= bfd_realloc (destshndx
, amt
* 2);
5940 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
5942 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
5943 finfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
5945 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
5948 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
5949 finfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
5950 bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
5955 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
5956 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
5957 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
5958 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
5959 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
5962 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
5964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5967 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
5969 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5972 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5978 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
5979 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
5980 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
5981 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
5982 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
5986 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5987 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5988 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
5991 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5992 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
5995 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
5997 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
5999 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
6002 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6003 bfd_size_type symcount
;
6004 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
6005 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
6006 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
6007 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6008 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6009 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6010 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
6011 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
6013 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
6015 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
6017 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6018 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
6021 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6023 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6024 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
6026 extsymcount
= symcount
;
6031 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
6032 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6035 if (extsymcount
== 0)
6038 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
6040 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6043 /* Read in any version definitions. */
6044 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
6045 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
6046 if (extversym
== NULL
)
6049 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6050 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
6051 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
6059 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
6060 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
6061 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
6064 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
6065 unsigned short version_index
;
6067 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6068 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6071 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
6074 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
6077 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
6079 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
6081 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
6082 have provided a definition for the undefined sym. */
6086 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
6087 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
6089 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
6103 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
6104 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
6105 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
6106 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
6107 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
6111 elf_link_output_extsym (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6113 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= data
;
6114 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
= eoinfo
->finfo
;
6116 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6117 asection
*input_sec
;
6118 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6120 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6122 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6123 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6127 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
6128 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
6130 if (!h
->forced_local
)
6135 if (h
->forced_local
)
6139 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6141 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
6142 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
6143 references in regular files have already been handled). If we
6144 are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
6145 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6148 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
6149 && finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
6151 if (! ((*finfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
6152 (finfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
6153 NULL
, 0, finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)))
6155 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6160 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
6161 shared libraries. */
6162 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6163 && (! finfo
->info
->shared
)
6168 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
6170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6171 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO"),
6172 finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
,
6173 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6175 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
6176 ? "hidden" : "local",
6177 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6178 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6182 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
6183 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
6184 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
6188 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
6193 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6195 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6196 && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
6197 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
6199 else if (finfo
->info
->strip_discarded
6200 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6201 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6202 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
6207 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
6208 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol. */
6211 && !h
->forced_local
)
6215 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
6216 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
6217 if (h
->forced_local
)
6218 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
6219 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6220 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6221 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
6223 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
6225 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6228 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
6229 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
6233 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6234 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6235 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6236 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6239 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6240 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6242 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6243 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6246 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo
->output_bfd
,
6247 input_sec
->output_section
);
6248 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6250 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6251 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
6252 finfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
6253 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6257 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
6258 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
6260 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
6261 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6263 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
6264 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
6266 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment
6268 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6269 sym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6275 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
6276 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
6277 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6278 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6283 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6284 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
6285 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_COMMON
;
6286 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
6289 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
6290 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
6291 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
6292 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
6293 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
6294 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
6295 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
6299 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
6300 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
6301 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
6302 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk. */
6303 if ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
6305 && ((finfo
->info
->shared
6306 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6307 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6308 || !h
->forced_local
)
6309 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6311 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
6312 (finfo
->output_bfd
, finfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
6314 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6319 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
6320 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
6321 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
6322 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
6323 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
6324 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
6325 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
6327 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
6328 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
6332 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
6333 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
6335 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
6336 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
));
6339 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
6340 locally, it is a fatal error. */
6341 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6342 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6343 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
6344 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6347 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6348 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' isn't defined"),
6350 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
6352 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6353 ? "internal" : "hidden",
6354 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6355 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6359 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
6360 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
6361 the entry in the .hash section. */
6362 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6363 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6367 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6368 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
6372 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6373 esym
= finfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6374 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
6376 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
6377 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
6379 = elf_section_data (finfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6380 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
6381 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
6382 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
6383 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
, bucketpos
);
6384 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
6385 ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
6386 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
6388 if (finfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
6390 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
6391 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
6393 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6395 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
6396 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
6398 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
6402 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
6403 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
6405 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
6406 if (finfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
6411 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
6413 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
6414 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
6415 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
6419 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
6420 there's nothing else to do. */
6421 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
6424 h
->indx
= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6426 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
))
6428 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6435 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
6436 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
6439 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
6441 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6443 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
6445 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
6446 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
6452 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
6453 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
6454 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
6460 enum action_discarded
6466 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
6467 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
6468 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
6469 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
6470 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
6471 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
6472 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
6473 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
6476 elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6478 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
6481 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
6484 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
6487 if (strcmp (".PARISC.unwind", sec
->name
) == 0)
6490 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6493 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
6496 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
6499 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
)
6501 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
6502 asection
*s
= first
;
6506 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
))
6516 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
6517 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
6518 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
6519 don't have to keep them in memory. */
6522 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
6524 bfd_boolean (*relocate_section
)
6525 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
6526 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
6528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6531 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6532 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6535 asection
**ppsection
;
6537 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6538 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
6539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6541 output_bfd
= finfo
->output_bfd
;
6542 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6543 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
6545 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
6546 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
6548 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6551 emit_relocs
= (finfo
->info
->relocatable
6552 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
6553 || bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
);
6555 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6556 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
6558 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6563 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6564 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6567 /* Read the local symbols. */
6568 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6569 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
6571 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
6572 finfo
->internal_syms
,
6573 finfo
->external_syms
,
6574 finfo
->locsym_shndx
);
6575 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6579 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
6580 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
6581 going into the output file. */
6582 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
6583 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= finfo
->indices
, ppsection
= finfo
->sections
;
6585 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
6589 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
6593 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
6595 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
6602 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6603 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6604 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
6605 || isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6607 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6609 && isec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
6610 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
6612 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
6613 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
6616 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6617 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6618 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6619 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6628 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
6629 if (ppsection
== finfo
->sections
)
6632 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6634 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
6635 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
6640 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
6642 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6645 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
6646 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
6647 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
6648 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
6650 if (finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
6653 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
6654 discarding, we don't need to keep it, but note that
6655 linker_mark is only reliable for sections that have contents.
6656 For the benefit of the MIPS ELF linker, we check SEC_EXCLUDE
6657 as well as linker_mark. */
6658 if ((isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6660 && ((! isec
->linker_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
6661 || (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6662 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)))
6665 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
6666 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
6671 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
6672 if ((finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6673 && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
6675 || (((finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
6676 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && ! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6677 || finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
6678 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
6681 /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */
6685 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
6686 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
6687 isec
->output_section
);
6688 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6691 *pindex
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
6693 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
6694 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
6695 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
6696 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
6697 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
6698 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
6699 these requirements. */
6700 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
6701 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6703 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
6704 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
6706 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
6707 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6708 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6712 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
))
6716 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
6717 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6718 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6722 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
6724 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
6728 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
6729 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
6732 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
6734 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
6739 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
6740 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
6741 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
6742 the routines which work on output files. */
6743 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6744 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6747 bfd_size_type amt
= o
->rawsize
? o
->rawsize
: o
->size
;
6749 contents
= finfo
->contents
;
6750 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, contents
, 0, amt
))
6754 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
6756 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6757 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
6760 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
6762 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, finfo
->external_relocs
,
6763 finfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
6764 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
6765 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
6768 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
6775 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
6779 /* Run through the relocs looking for any against symbols
6780 from discarded sections and section symbols from
6781 removed link-once sections. Complain about relocs
6782 against discarded sections. Zero relocs against removed
6783 link-once sections. Preserve debug information as much
6785 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
6787 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
6788 unsigned int action
= elf_action_discarded (o
);
6790 rel
= internal_relocs
;
6791 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6792 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
6794 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
6795 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
6796 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6797 const char *sym_name
;
6799 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
6802 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
6803 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
6804 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
6806 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6807 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6808 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6809 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6811 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6812 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6815 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6816 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6820 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6821 ps
= &finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
6822 sym_name
= bfd_elf_local_sym_name (input_bfd
, sym
);
6825 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
6826 discarded section. */
6827 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
6831 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
6832 if (action
& COMPLAIN
)
6834 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6835 (_("`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
6836 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
6837 o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
, sym_name
);
6840 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
6841 versions of gcc. If we've warned, or this is
6842 debugging info, pretend that the symbol is
6843 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
6844 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
6845 symbol here means we will be changing all later
6846 uses of the symbol, not just in this section.
6847 The only thing that makes this half reasonable
6848 is that we warn in non-debug sections, and
6849 debug sections tend to come after other
6851 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
6852 if (kept
!= NULL
&& (action
& PRETEND
))
6854 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
6855 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
);
6857 && sec
->size
== kept
->size
)
6864 /* Remove the symbol reference from the reloc, but
6865 don't kill the reloc completely. This is so that
6866 a zero value will be written into the section,
6867 which may have non-zero contents put there by the
6868 assembler. Zero in things like an eh_frame fde
6869 pc_begin allows stack unwinders to recognize the
6871 rel
->r_info
&= r_type_mask
;
6877 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
6879 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
6880 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
6881 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
6882 reloc addend as necessary.
6884 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
6885 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
6887 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
6888 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
6889 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6891 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
6892 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
6893 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
6894 corresponding to the output section, which will require
6895 the addend to be adjusted. */
6897 if (! (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
6898 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
6906 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
6907 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
6908 bfd_vma last_offset
;
6909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
6910 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rel_hdr2
;
6911 unsigned int next_erel
;
6912 bfd_boolean (*reloc_emitter
)
6913 (bfd
*, asection
*, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
6914 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
6916 input_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
6917 rela_normal
= (bed
->rela_normal
6918 && (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
6919 == bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
6921 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
6923 irela
= internal_relocs
;
6924 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6925 rel_hash
= (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_hashes
6926 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count
6927 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count2
);
6928 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
6929 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6930 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
6931 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
6933 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6935 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6937 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
6943 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
6946 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
6948 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
6949 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
6950 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
6951 elf_bfd_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
6953 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
6955 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
6959 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
6961 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
6962 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6963 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
6965 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
6967 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
6968 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
6971 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
6972 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
6973 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
6975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
6978 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
6979 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
6980 we do not know the symbol index of any global
6981 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
6982 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
6983 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
6984 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
6985 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
6986 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
6987 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6988 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6989 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6991 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
6992 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
6994 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
7002 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
7005 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
7006 sec
= finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
7007 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7009 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
7010 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
7011 processor specific section. */
7013 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
7015 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7022 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7024 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
7025 section will be the absolute section. In
7026 case of discarded link-once and discarded
7027 SEC_MERGE sections, use the kept section. */
7028 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
7029 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
7030 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7032 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
7033 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
7036 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
7038 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
7039 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
7043 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
7044 section winds up in the output section. */
7046 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7050 if (finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
7052 unsigned long shlink
;
7056 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
7058 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
7059 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7063 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
7064 since it is needed by a reloc, we
7065 must output it now. */
7066 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
7067 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
7068 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
7072 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7074 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
7076 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7079 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7080 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7082 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
7083 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
7085 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
7087 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7089 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7094 finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
]
7095 = bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
7097 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
7102 r_symndx
= finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
7105 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
7106 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
7109 /* Swap out the relocs. */
7110 if (bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
7111 && !(finfo
->info
->relocatable
7112 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
))
7113 reloc_emitter
= bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
;
7115 reloc_emitter
= _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs
;
7117 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
7118 && ! (*reloc_emitter
) (output_bfd
, o
, input_rel_hdr
,
7122 input_rel_hdr2
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
;
7123 if (input_rel_hdr2
&& input_rel_hdr2
->sh_size
!= 0)
7125 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
7126 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7127 if (! (*reloc_emitter
) (output_bfd
, o
, input_rel_hdr2
,
7134 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
7135 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
7136 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, o
, contents
))
7138 /* Section written out. */
7140 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
7142 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
7143 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
7145 &elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
7146 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
7149 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
7150 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
7151 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
7154 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
7156 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7163 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
7164 && ! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, o
->output_section
,
7166 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
7177 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
7178 requested by the linker, and does come from any input file. This
7179 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
7183 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7184 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7185 asection
*output_section
,
7186 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
7188 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
7193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7194 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7195 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
7199 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
7202 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7206 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
7208 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
7209 rel_hash_ptr
= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hashes
7210 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7211 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7212 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7214 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
7215 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
7216 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7220 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7222 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
7223 actually against the section. */
7224 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7225 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
7226 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
7227 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
7229 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7230 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7234 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7235 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
7236 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7237 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
7238 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
7239 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
7240 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
7244 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
7245 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
7252 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
7253 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
7259 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
7261 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
7264 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
7267 const char *sym_name
;
7269 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
7270 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (size
);
7273 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
7280 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
7283 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7284 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7285 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
7286 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
7288 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
7289 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7290 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
7291 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
7298 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
7299 link_order
->offset
, size
);
7305 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
7306 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
7308 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
7309 if (! info
->relocatable
)
7310 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
7312 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
7314 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
7316 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
7318 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7319 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
7321 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
7323 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7324 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
7325 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
7327 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7328 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
7329 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
7333 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
7334 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7335 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
7336 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
7339 ++elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
7345 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
7348 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
7350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
7354 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7355 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
7356 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
7357 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7359 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
7360 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set theh sh_link or
7361 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
7362 where elfsec is 0. */
7365 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7366 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
7367 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
7368 bed
->link_order_error_handler
7369 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
7374 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
7375 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7380 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
7381 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
7384 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
7389 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
7390 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
7397 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
7398 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
7399 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
7400 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
7403 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
7408 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
7410 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7412 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
7418 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7420 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
7421 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
7422 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7423 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
7425 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7426 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
);
7428 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
)
7437 if (!seen_linkorder
)
7440 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
7442 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
7444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7448 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
7449 xmalloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
7452 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7454 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
7456 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
7457 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
7458 compare_link_order
);
7460 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
7462 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
7464 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
7465 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
)((1 << s
->alignment_power
) - 1);
7466 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
7467 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
7468 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
7475 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
7478 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7480 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
7481 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
7483 struct elf_final_link_info finfo
;
7484 register asection
*o
;
7485 register struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
7487 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
7488 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
7489 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
7490 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
7491 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
7493 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
7495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7499 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
7501 size_t relativecount
= 0;
7502 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
7505 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7509 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
7511 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
7512 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7514 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
7515 || info
->emitrelocations
7516 || bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
);
7519 finfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
7520 finfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
7521 if (finfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
7526 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
7527 finfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
7528 finfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
7532 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
7533 finfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
7534 BFD_ASSERT (finfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
.hash_sec
!= NULL
);
7535 finfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7536 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
7539 finfo
.contents
= NULL
;
7540 finfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
7541 finfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
7542 finfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
7543 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
7544 finfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
7545 finfo
.indices
= NULL
;
7546 finfo
.sections
= NULL
;
7547 finfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
7548 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
7549 finfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
7550 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
7552 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
7553 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
7554 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
7555 max_contents_size
= 0;
7556 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
7557 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
7559 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
7561 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7563 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
7566 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7568 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
7569 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
7570 unsigned int *rel_count1
;
7572 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
7573 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
7575 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
7579 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7580 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7582 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
7583 link. This will normally be every section. We need
7584 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
7585 the linker has decided to not include. */
7586 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
7588 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
7591 if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
7592 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
7593 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
7595 Elf_Internal_Rela
* relocs
;
7597 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7600 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (sec
, relocs
);
7602 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
7606 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
7607 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
7608 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
7609 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
7611 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
7613 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7614 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
7618 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
7619 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
7620 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7622 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
7624 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
7625 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
7627 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
7628 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
7629 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
7631 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7635 ext_size
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
.sh_size
;
7636 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
7637 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
7638 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
7639 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
7644 if (reloc_count
== 0)
7647 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
7649 /* MIPS may have a mix of REL and RELA relocs on sections.
7650 To support this curious ABI we keep reloc counts in
7651 elf_section_data too. We must be careful to add the
7652 relocations from the input section to the right output
7653 count. FIXME: Get rid of one count. We have
7654 o->reloc_count == esdo->rel_count + esdo->rel_count2. */
7655 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
7658 bfd_boolean same_size
;
7659 bfd_size_type entsize1
;
7661 entsize1
= esdi
->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7662 BFD_ASSERT (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
7663 || entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
7664 same_size
= !o
->use_rela_p
== (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
7667 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
7669 if (esdi
->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
7671 bfd_size_type entsize2
= esdi
->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
;
7672 unsigned int alt_count
;
7673 unsigned int *rel_count2
;
7675 BFD_ASSERT (entsize2
!= entsize1
7676 && (entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
7677 || entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
7679 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
7681 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
7683 /* The following is probably too simplistic if the
7684 backend counts output relocs unusually. */
7685 BFD_ASSERT (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
== NULL
);
7686 alt_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel_hdr2
);
7687 *rel_count2
+= alt_count
;
7688 reloc_count
-= alt_count
;
7691 *rel_count1
+= reloc_count
;
7694 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
7695 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
7698 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
7699 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
7700 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
7701 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
7704 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
7705 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
7706 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
7707 sections are handled correctly. */
7708 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
7709 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
7713 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
7714 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7715 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
7717 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
7718 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
7719 to create a symbol table. */
7720 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
7721 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
7722 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
7725 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
7726 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7728 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7730 if (!(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
7731 (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
, o
)))
7734 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
7735 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
7736 (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
, o
)))
7740 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
7741 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
7742 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
= 0;
7743 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
= 0;
7746 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
7748 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
7749 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
7750 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
7751 section in memory. */
7752 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
7753 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7754 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
7755 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7756 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
7757 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7758 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
7759 /* sh_info is set below. */
7760 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
7761 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7763 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
7764 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
7766 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
7767 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
7768 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
7770 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
7771 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
7772 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
7773 finfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
7775 finfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
7776 amt
= finfo
.symbuf_size
;
7777 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7778 finfo
.symbuf
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7779 if (finfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
7781 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
7783 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
7784 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
7785 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
7786 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7787 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7788 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
7792 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
7794 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
7797 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
7800 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
7801 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7802 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
7808 /* Some standard ELF linkers do this, but we don't because it causes
7809 bootstrap comparison failures. */
7810 /* Output a file symbol for the output file as the second symbol.
7811 We output this even if we are discarding local symbols, although
7812 I'm not sure if this is correct. */
7813 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
7815 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7816 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
7817 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7818 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, bfd_get_filename (abfd
),
7819 &elfsym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
7823 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
7824 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
7825 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
7826 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
7827 outputting relocs. */
7828 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
7832 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7833 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
7834 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
7836 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
7838 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7839 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
7840 if (info
->relocatable
|| o
== NULL
)
7841 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
7843 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
7844 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
))
7846 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
7847 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
7851 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
7853 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
7855 finfo
.contents
= bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
7856 if (finfo
.contents
== NULL
)
7860 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
7862 finfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
7863 if (finfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
7867 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
7869 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7870 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
7871 finfo
.internal_relocs
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7872 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
7876 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
7878 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7879 finfo
.external_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7880 if (finfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
7883 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
7884 finfo
.internal_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7885 if (finfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
7888 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
7889 finfo
.indices
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7890 if (finfo
.indices
== NULL
)
7893 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7894 finfo
.sections
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7895 if (finfo
.sections
== NULL
)
7899 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
7901 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7902 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
7903 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
7907 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
7909 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
7912 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
7913 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
7916 bfd_vma size
= sec
->size
;
7918 if (size
== 0 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7920 struct bfd_link_order
*o
;
7922 for (o
= sec
->link_order_head
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7923 if (size
< o
->offset
+ o
->size
)
7924 size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
7926 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
7928 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
7929 end
= align_power (end
, elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
7930 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
7933 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
7934 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7936 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
7940 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
7941 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
7942 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
7943 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
7944 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
7946 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
7947 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
7948 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
7949 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
7950 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
7951 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
7952 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
7953 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
7954 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
7955 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
7956 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
7957 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
7958 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
7960 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7961 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
7962 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7964 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7966 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
7967 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
7968 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7969 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
7971 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
7973 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo
, sub
))
7975 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
7978 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
7979 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
7981 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
7986 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
7992 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
7993 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
7994 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
7995 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
7996 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
7997 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
7998 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
7999 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8000 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
8001 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8006 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
8007 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
8008 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
8009 converted to local in a version script. */
8011 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
8012 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8015 && finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8017 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8018 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= finfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
8019 long last_local
= 0;
8021 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
8028 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8031 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8037 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
8040 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
8041 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
8042 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
8043 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
8044 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8045 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
8046 last_local
= dynindx
;
8047 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8051 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
8052 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
8054 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
8055 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8060 sym
.st_size
= e
->isym
.st_size
;
8061 sym
.st_other
= e
->isym
.st_other
;
8063 /* Copy the internal symbol as is.
8064 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
8065 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
8068 if (e
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
8069 && (e
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
8070 || e
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
8072 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
8076 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
8077 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
8079 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
8082 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
8083 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
8085 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8086 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8090 elf_section_data (finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
8094 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
8095 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8096 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
8097 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8098 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8103 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
8104 table, do it now. */
8105 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8107 typedef bfd_boolean (*out_sym_func
)
8108 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8111 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8112 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
8116 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
8117 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo
, bed
))
8120 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
8121 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
8123 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8124 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8126 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8127 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8128 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8129 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8130 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8132 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
8135 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8136 || (bfd_bwrite (finfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
8141 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
8143 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8144 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
8145 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8146 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
8147 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8148 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8149 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8150 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8151 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8152 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
8153 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8155 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
8156 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
8158 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
8160 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8161 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, finfo
.symstrtab
))
8165 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
8166 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8168 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
8171 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
,
8172 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
,
8173 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8174 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
8175 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
8176 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
,
8177 (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
8178 + elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
));
8180 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
8181 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
8185 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
8186 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
8188 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
8189 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
8192 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
8194 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
8195 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8196 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
8198 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
8199 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8200 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
8202 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8206 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
8213 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
8215 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
8217 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
8218 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
8221 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
8228 name
= info
->init_function
;
8231 name
= info
->fini_function
;
8234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8236 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
8237 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8239 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8240 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
8242 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8243 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8244 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8245 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
8246 + o
->output_offset
);
8249 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
8250 library and does not apply to this one. */
8258 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8259 name
= ".preinit_array";
8261 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8262 name
= ".init_array";
8264 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
8265 name
= ".fini_array";
8267 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8270 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8271 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8275 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8276 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
8277 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
8280 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
8281 name
= ".preinit_array";
8284 name
= ".init_array";
8287 name
= ".fini_array";
8300 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
8303 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
8306 name
= ".gnu.version";
8308 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8311 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8312 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8315 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
8322 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
8327 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
8329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8331 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
8332 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
8333 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
8335 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
8336 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
8339 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== 0
8340 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_val
)
8341 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
8347 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
8351 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
8354 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
8357 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8359 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
8361 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8363 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
8365 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
8366 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
8369 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
8371 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
8373 if ((elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
8375 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), ".dynstr") != 0)
8377 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
8379 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
8385 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
8387 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
8388 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8389 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
8390 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
8396 if (info
->relocatable
)
8398 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
8400 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
8405 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
8406 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
8408 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
8412 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
8414 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
8418 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
8419 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8420 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
8421 free (finfo
.contents
);
8422 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
8423 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
8424 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
8425 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
8426 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
8427 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
8428 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
8429 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
8430 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
8431 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
8432 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
8433 free (finfo
.indices
);
8434 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
8435 free (finfo
.sections
);
8436 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
8437 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
8438 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
8439 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
8440 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8442 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8443 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
8444 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8447 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
8452 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
8453 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8454 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
8455 free (finfo
.contents
);
8456 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
8457 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
8458 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
8459 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
8460 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
8461 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
8462 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
8463 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
8464 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
8465 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
8466 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
8467 free (finfo
.indices
);
8468 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
8469 free (finfo
.sections
);
8470 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
8471 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
8472 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
8473 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
8474 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8476 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8477 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
8478 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8484 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
8486 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
8487 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
8488 which define symbols to which it refers. */
8490 typedef asection
* (*gc_mark_hook_fn
)
8491 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
8492 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
8495 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8497 gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
8500 asection
*group_sec
;
8504 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
8505 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
8506 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
8507 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
8510 /* Look through the section relocs. */
8512 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0)
8514 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8516 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8519 bfd
*input_bfd
= sec
->owner
;
8520 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
);
8521 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= NULL
;
8524 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8525 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
8527 /* Read the local symbols. */
8528 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
8530 nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8534 extsymoff
= nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8536 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8537 if (isym
== NULL
&& nlocsyms
!= 0)
8539 isym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, nlocsyms
, 0,
8545 /* Read the relocations. */
8546 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8548 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8553 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8555 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8560 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8562 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8564 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8566 r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
8570 if (r_symndx
>= nlocsyms
8571 || ELF_ST_BIND (isym
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8573 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8574 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8575 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8576 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8577 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, NULL
);
8581 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, NULL
, &isym
[r_symndx
]);
8584 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
8586 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8588 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
8597 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8600 if (isym
!= NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isym
)
8602 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8605 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isym
;
8612 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8615 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *idxptr
)
8619 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8620 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8622 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8623 && ((h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8624 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8625 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
8626 h
->dynindx
= (*idx
)++;
8631 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
8633 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
8634 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8637 elf_gc_sweep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
)
8641 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8645 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8648 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8650 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
8651 if ((o
->flags
& (SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != 0
8652 || (o
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
)) == 0)
8658 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
8659 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8662 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
8663 to remove a section from the output. */
8664 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8666 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
8667 info we collected before. */
8669 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
8671 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8675 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8677 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8680 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
8682 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
8683 free (internal_relocs
);
8691 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
8692 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
8693 static symbol table as well? */
8697 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
, &i
);
8699 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= i
;
8705 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
8706 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8709 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
8711 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8712 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8714 /* Those that are not vtables. */
8715 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
8718 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
8719 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
8722 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
8723 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
8726 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
8727 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
8729 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
8731 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
8733 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
8734 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
8739 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
8741 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
8742 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
8744 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
8747 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8748 unsigned int log_file_align
;
8750 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
8751 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8752 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
8767 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
8770 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
8771 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
8772 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8773 unsigned int log_file_align
;
8775 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8776 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8778 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
8779 well as those that are not loaded. */
8780 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
8783 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8784 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8786 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8787 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8788 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
8790 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
8792 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
8793 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
8794 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8796 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8798 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
8799 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
8801 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
8803 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
8805 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
8806 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
8809 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
8810 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
8816 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. This is called
8817 through elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8820 elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8821 void *okp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8823 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8824 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8826 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8829 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8834 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
8837 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8839 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
8841 asection
* (*gc_mark_hook
)
8842 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
8843 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
8845 if (!get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_gc_sections
8846 || info
->relocatable
8847 || info
->emitrelocations
8849 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8851 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
8855 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
8856 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8857 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
8862 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
8863 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8864 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
8869 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
8870 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8871 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8872 elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol
,
8877 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
8878 gc_mark_hook
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->gc_mark_hook
;
8879 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8883 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8886 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8888 if (o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
8890 /* _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame knows how to discard
8891 orphaned FDEs so don't mark sections referenced by the
8892 EH frame section. */
8893 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".eh_frame") == 0)
8895 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
8901 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
8902 if (!elf_gc_sweep (info
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->gc_sweep_hook
))
8908 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
8911 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
8913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
8917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
8918 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8919 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8921 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
8922 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
8924 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8925 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8926 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
8928 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8929 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
8931 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
8932 offset as the relocation. */
8933 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
8935 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
8936 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8937 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8938 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
8939 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
8943 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
8944 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
8945 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8951 child
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
8957 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
8958 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
8959 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
8960 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
8962 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
8965 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
8970 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
8973 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8974 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8978 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8979 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8983 h
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
8988 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
8990 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
8991 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
8993 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
8995 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
8996 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8997 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9003 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
9004 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
9005 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9008 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
9010 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
9011 consolidation pass. */
9012 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
9016 ptr
= bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
9022 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
9023 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
9024 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
9028 ptr
= bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
9033 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
9034 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
9035 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
9038 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
9043 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
9045 unsigned int got_elt_size
;
9048 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
9049 to real got offsets. */
9052 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
9054 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= arg
;
9056 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9057 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9059 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9061 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
9062 gofarg
->gotoff
+= gofarg
->got_elt_size
;
9065 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9070 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
9071 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
9074 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
9075 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9080 unsigned int got_elt_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9081 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
9083 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9086 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
9087 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
9088 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
9091 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
9093 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
9094 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
9096 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
9097 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
9098 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9100 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9103 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
9107 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
9108 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
9109 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9111 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9113 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
9115 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
9117 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
9118 gotoff
+= got_elt_size
;
9121 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
9125 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
9126 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
9127 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
9128 gofarg
.got_elt_size
= got_elt_size
;
9129 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9130 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
9135 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
9136 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
9139 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9141 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
9144 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9145 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
9149 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
9151 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= cookie
;
9153 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9154 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
9156 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
9158 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9160 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9161 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
9163 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
9166 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
9167 if (r_symndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9170 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
9171 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9173 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9175 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
9177 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9178 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9179 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9181 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9182 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9183 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9190 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
9191 but it could be a relocation against a local
9192 symbol for a discarded section. */
9194 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9196 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
9197 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
9198 if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
9200 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9201 if (isec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (isec
))
9210 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
9211 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
9212 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
9213 which is true for all known assemblers. */
9216 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9218 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
9219 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
9220 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9224 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9226 if (info
->traditional_format
9227 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9230 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
9232 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9235 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9237 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9240 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
9241 if (info
->relocatable
9244 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
))))
9247 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
9250 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
9251 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
9256 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
9259 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9261 cookie
.sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9262 cookie
.bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
9263 if (cookie
.bad_symtab
)
9265 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9266 cookie
.extsymoff
= 0;
9270 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9271 cookie
.extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9274 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9275 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 8;
9277 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 32;
9279 cookie
.locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9280 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
.locsymcount
!= 0)
9282 cookie
.locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9283 cookie
.locsymcount
, 0,
9285 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
)
9292 count
= stab
->reloc_count
;
9294 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, stab
, NULL
, NULL
,
9296 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
9298 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
9299 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
9300 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9301 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
9302 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
9303 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
9306 if (elf_section_data (stab
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
9314 count
= eh
->reloc_count
;
9316 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, eh
, NULL
, NULL
,
9318 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
9319 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
9320 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
9321 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9323 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
9324 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
9328 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
9329 && elf_section_data (eh
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
9333 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
9334 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
9337 if (cookie
.locsyms
!= NULL
9338 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
)
9340 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9341 free (cookie
.locsyms
);
9343 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
;
9347 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
9348 && !info
->relocatable
9349 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
9356 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
* sec
)
9359 const char *name
, *p
;
9360 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
9361 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
9364 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
9365 linkonce section. See below. */
9366 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9371 /* Check if it belongs to a section group. */
9372 group
= elf_sec_group (sec
);
9374 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section nor a member of a group. A
9375 comdat group section also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
9376 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0 && group
== NULL
)
9381 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group, check if
9382 the group should be discarded. */
9383 if (elf_next_in_group (sec
) == sec
9384 && (group
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) != 0)
9390 /* FIXME: When doing a relocatable link, we may have trouble
9391 copying relocations in other sections that refer to local symbols
9392 in the section being discarded. Those relocations will have to
9393 be converted somehow; as of this writing I'm not sure that any of
9394 the backends handle that correctly.
9396 It is tempting to instead not discard link once sections when
9397 doing a relocatable link (technically, they should be discarded
9398 whenever we are building constructors). However, that fails,
9399 because the linker winds up combining all the link once sections
9400 into a single large link once section, which defeats the purpose
9401 of having link once sections in the first place.
9403 Also, not merging link once sections in a relocatable link
9404 causes trouble for MIPS ELF, which relies on link once semantics
9405 to handle the .reginfo section correctly. */
9407 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
9409 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1) == 0
9410 && (p
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
9415 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (p
);
9417 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9419 /* We may have 3 different sections on the list: group section,
9420 comdat section and linkonce section. SEC may be a linkonce or
9421 group section. We match a group section with a group section,
9422 a linkonce section with a linkonce section, and ignore comdat
9424 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9425 && strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0
9426 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
)
9428 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
9430 switch (flags
& SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
)
9435 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
:
9438 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY
:
9439 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9440 (_("%B: ignoring duplicate section `%A'\n"),
9444 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
:
9445 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
9446 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9447 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size\n"),
9451 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS
:
9452 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
9453 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9454 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size\n"),
9456 else if (sec
->size
!= 0)
9458 bfd_byte
*sec_contents
, *l_sec_contents
;
9460 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &sec_contents
))
9461 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9462 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'\n"),
9464 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
,
9466 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9467 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'\n"),
9468 l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
);
9469 else if (memcmp (sec_contents
, l_sec_contents
, sec
->size
) != 0)
9470 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9471 (_("%B: warning: duplicate section `%A' has different contents\n"),
9475 free (sec_contents
);
9477 free (l_sec_contents
);
9482 /* Set the output_section field so that lang_add_section
9483 does not create a lang_input_section structure for this
9484 section. Since there might be a symbol in the section
9485 being discarded, we must retain a pointer to the section
9486 which we are really going to use. */
9487 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9488 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9490 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9492 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
9493 asection
*s
= first
;
9497 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9498 /* Record which group discards it. */
9499 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9500 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9501 /* These lists are circular. */
9513 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group and the
9514 group hasn't be discarded, we check if it matches a linkonce
9515 section. We only record the discarded comdat group. Otherwise
9516 the undiscarded group will be discarded incorrectly later since
9517 itself has been recorded. */
9518 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9519 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
9520 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
9521 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
,
9522 elf_next_in_group (sec
)))
9524 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9525 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9526 group
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9533 /* There is no direct match. But for linkonce section, we should
9534 check if there is a match with comdat group member. We always
9535 record the linkonce section, discarded or not. */
9536 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9537 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9539 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
9542 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
9543 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
))
9545 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9546 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9551 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
9552 bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
);